Then the LORD said to Moses,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            יְהוָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְהוָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    Yah·weh
                
                
                     Then the LORD 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Jehovah = |the existing One|<BR> 1) the proper name of the one true God <BR> 1a) unpronounced except with the vowel pointings of H0136 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        Yah·weh
         Then the LORD 
    
 
        
            וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַיְדַבֵּ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    way·ḏab·bêr
                
                
                     said 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Consecutive imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        way·ḏab·bêr
         said 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         to 
    
 
        
            מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֹשֶׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mō·šeh
                
                
                     Moses 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4872 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Moses = |drawn|<BR> 1) the prophet and lawgiver, leader of the exodus 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mō·šeh
         Moses 
    
 
        
            לֵּאמֹֽר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֵּאמֹֽר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lê·mōr
                
                
                     . . . , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        559 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to say, speak, utter <BR> 1a) (Qal) to say, to answer, to say in one's heart, to think, to command, to promise, to intend <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be told, to be said, to be called <BR> 1c) (Hithpael) to boast, to act proudly <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to avow, to avouch 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lê·mōr
         . . . , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            “Tell the Israelites to bring Me an offering. You are to receive My offering from every man whose heart compels him.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            דַּבֵּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
דַּבֵּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    dab·bêr
                
                
                     “ Tell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        dab·bêr
         “ Tell 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         - 
    
 
        
            וְיִקְחוּ־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיִקְחוּ־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yiq·ḥū-
                
                
                     to bring 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yiq·ḥū-
         to bring 
    
 
        
            לִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     Me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         Me 
    
 
        
            תְּרוּמָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּרוּמָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·rū·māh
                
                
                     an offering . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) contribution, offering <BR> 1a) a heave offering <BR> 1b) any offering <BR> 1c) an offering to God <BR> 1d) an offering (of grain, money, etc) <BR> 1e) contribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·rū·māh
         an offering . 
    
 
        
            מֵאֵ֤ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאֵ֤ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’êṯ
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’êṯ
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תִּקְח֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּקְח֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiq·ḥū
                
                
                     You are to receive 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiq·ḥū
         You are to receive 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            תְּרוּמָתִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּרוּמָתִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·rū·mā·ṯî
                
                
                     My offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) contribution, offering <BR> 1a) a heave offering <BR> 1b) any offering <BR> 1c) an offering to God <BR> 1d) an offering (of grain, money, etc) <BR> 1e) contribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·rū·mā·ṯî
         My offering 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     from every 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         from every 
    
 
        
            אִישׁ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִישׁ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     man 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         man 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     whose 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         whose 
    
 
        
            לִבּ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִבּ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lib·bōw
                
                
                     heart 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3820 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) inner man, mind, will, heart, understanding <BR> 1a) inner part, midst <BR> 1a1) midst (of things) <BR> 1a2) heart (of man) <BR> 1a3) soul, heart (of man) <BR> 1a4) mind, knowledge, thinking, reflection, memory <BR> 1a5) inclination, resolution, determination (of will) <BR> 1a6) conscience <BR> 1a7) heart (of moral character) <BR> 1a8) as seat of appetites <BR> 1a9) as seat of emotions and passions 1a10) as seat of courage 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lib·bōw
         heart 
    
 
        
            יִדְּבֶ֣נּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִדְּבֶ֣נּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yid·də·ḇen·nū
                
                
                     compels him . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5068 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to incite, impel, make willing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to incite, impel <BR> 1b) (Hithpael) <BR> 1b1) to volunteer <BR> 1b2) to offer free-will offerings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yid·də·ḇen·nū
         compels him . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            This is the offering you are to accept from them: gold, silver, and bronze;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְזֹאת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְזֹאת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·zōṯ
                
                
                     This 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Pronoun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2063 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·zōṯ
         This 
    
 
        
            הַתְּרוּמָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַתְּרוּמָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hat·tə·rū·māh
                
                
                     is the offering 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8641 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) contribution, offering <BR> 1a) a heave offering <BR> 1b) any offering <BR> 1c) an offering to God <BR> 1d) an offering (of grain, money, etc) <BR> 1e) contribution 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hat·tə·rū·māh
         is the offering 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            תִּקְח֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּקְח֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tiq·ḥū
                
                
                     you are to accept 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3947 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to take, get, fetch, lay hold of, seize, receive, acquire, buy, bring, marry, take a wife, snatch, take away <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to take, take in the hand <BR> 1a2) to take and carry along <BR> 1a3) to take from, take out of, take, carry away, take away <BR> 1a4) to take to or for a person, procure, get, take possession of, select, choose, take in marriage, receive, accept <BR> 1a5) to take up or upon, put upon <BR> 1a6) to fetch <BR> 1a7) to take, lead, conduct <BR> 1a8) to take, capture, seize <BR> 1a9) to take, carry off 1a10) to take (vengeance) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be captured <BR> 1b2) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1b3) to be taken, brought unto <BR> 1c) (Pual) <BR> 1c1) to be taken from or out of <BR> 1c2) to be stolen from <BR> 1c3) to be taken captive <BR> 1c4) to be taken away, be removed <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be taken unto, be brought unto <BR> 1d2) to be taken out of <BR> 1d3) to be taken away <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) <BR> 1e1) to take hold of oneself <BR> 1e2) to flash about (of lightning) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tiq·ḥū
         you are to accept 
    
 
        
            מֵאִתָּ֑ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵאִתָּ֑ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·’it·tām
                
                
                     from them : 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·’it·tām
         from them : 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold , 
    
 
        
            וָכֶ֖סֶף 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָכֶ֖סֶף 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḵe·sep̄
                
                
                     silver , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3701 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) silver, money <BR> 1a) silver <BR> 1a1) as metal <BR> 1a2) as ornament <BR> 1a3) as colour <BR> 1b) money, shekels, talents 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḵe·sep̄
         silver , 
    
 
        
            וּנְחֹֽשֶׁת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּנְחֹֽשֶׁת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·nə·ḥō·šeṯ
                
                
                     and bronze ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5178 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) copper, bronze <BR> 1a) copper (ore), bronze (as copper alloy)<BR> 1b) fetters (of copper or bronze) <BR> 1c) copper (as value) <BR> 2) lust, harlotry <BR> 2a) meaning dubious 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·nə·ḥō·šeṯ
         and bronze ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            blue, purple, and scarlet yarn; fine linen and goat hair;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּתְכֵ֧לֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּתְכֵ֧לֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ṯə·ḵê·leṯ
                
                
                     blue , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8504 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) violet, violet stuff <BR> 1a) violet thread <BR> 1b) violet stuff or fabric <BR> 2) (TWOT) blue (covering spectrum from brilliant red through deep purple) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ṯə·ḵê·leṯ
         blue , 
    
 
        
            וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַרְגָּמָ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’ar·gā·mān
                
                
                     purple , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        713 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) purple, red-purple 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’ar·gā·mān
         purple , 
    
 
        
            וְתוֹלַ֥עַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְתוֹלַ֥עַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
                
                
                     and scarlet yarn 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8438 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) worm, scarlet stuff, crimson <BR> 1a) worm-the female 'coccus ilicis' <BR> 1b) scarlet stuff, crimson, scarlet <BR> 1b1) the dye made from the dried body of the female of the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> 2) worm, maggot <BR> 2a) worm, grub <BR> 2b) the worm |coccus ilicis| <BR> ++++<BR> When the female of the scarlet worm species was ready to give birth to her young, she would attach her body to the trunk of a tree, fixing herself so firmly and permanently that she would never leave again. The eggs deposited beneath her body were thus protected until the larvae were hatched and able to enter their own life cycle. As the mother died, the crimson fluid stained her body and the surrounding wood. From the dead bodies of such female scarlet worms, the commercial scarlet dyes of antiquity were extracted. What a picture this gives of Christ, dying on the tree, shedding His precious blood that He might |bring many sons unto glory| (Heb 2:10)! He died for us, that we might live through him! Ps 22:6 describes such a worm and gives us this picture of Christ. (cf. Isa 1:18) (from page 73, |Biblical Basis for Modern Science|, 1985, Baker Book House, by Henry Morris) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṯō·w·la·‘aṯ
         and scarlet yarn 
    
 
        
            שָׁנִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁנִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šā·nî
                
                
                     . . . ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8144 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) scarlet, crimson <BR> 1a) properly, the insect 'coccus ilicis', the dried body of the female yielding colouring matter from which is made the dye used for cloth to colour it scarlet or crimson 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šā·nî
         . . . ; 
    
 
        
            וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשֵׁ֥שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šêš
                
                
                     fine linen 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8336 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) something bleached white, byssus, linen, fine linen <BR> 2) alabaster, similar stone, marble 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šêš
         fine linen 
    
 
        
            וְעִזִּֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעִזִּֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘iz·zîm
                
                
                     and goat hair ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5795 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) female goat, she-goat, goat, kid 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘iz·zîm
         and goat hair ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            ram skins dyed red and fine leather; acacia wood;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֵילִ֧ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵילִ֧ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·lim
                
                
                     ram 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        352 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ram <BR> 1a) ram (as food) <BR> 1b) ram (as sacrifice) <BR> 1c) ram (skin dyed red, for tabernacle) <BR> 2) pillar, door post, jambs, pilaster <BR> 3) strong man, leader, chief <BR> 4) mighty tree, terebinth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·lim
         ram 
    
 
        
            וְעֹרֹ֨ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעֹרֹ֨ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ō·rōṯ
                
                
                     skins 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skin, hide <BR> 1a) skin (of men) <BR> 1b) hide (of animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ō·rōṯ
         skins 
    
 
        
            מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְאָדָּמִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·’ād·dā·mîm
                
                
                     dyed red 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Pual - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        119 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be red, red <BR> 1a) (Qal) ruddy (of Nazarites) <BR> 1b) (Pual) <BR> 1b1) to be rubbed red <BR> 1b2) dyed red <BR> 1b3) reddened <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to show red <BR> 1c2) to glare <BR> 1c3) to emit (show) redness <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) <BR> 1d1) to redden <BR> 1d2) to grow red <BR> 1d3) to look red 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·’ād·dā·mîm
         dyed red 
    
 
        
            וְעֹרֹ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעֹרֹ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ō·rōṯ
                
                
                     vvv 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5785 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) skin, hide <BR> 1a) skin (of men) <BR> 1b) hide (of animals) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ō·rōṯ
         vvv 
    
 
        
            תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּחָשִׁ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ḥā·šîm
                
                
                     and fine leather ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8476 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a kind of leather, skin, or animal hide <BR> 1a) perhaps the animal yielding the skin <BR> 1a1) perhaps the badger or dugong, dolphin, or sheep, or a now extinct animal 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ḥā·šîm
         and fine leather ; 
    
 
        
            שִׁטִּֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁטִּֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiṭ·ṭîm
                
                
                     acacia 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) acacia tree, acacia wood 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiṭ·ṭîm
         acacia 
    
 
        
            וַעֲצֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲצֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·ṣê
                
                
                     wood ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·ṣê
         wood ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            olive oil for the light; spices for the anointing oil and for the fragrant incense;
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שֶׁ֖מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֶׁ֖מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    še·men
                
                
                     olive oil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        še·men
         olive oil 
    
 
        
            לַמָּאֹ֑ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לַמָּאֹ֑ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lam·mā·’ōr
                
                
                     for the light ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3974 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) light, luminary 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lam·mā·’ōr
         for the light ; 
    
 
        
            בְּשָׂמִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּשָׂמִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·śā·mîm
                
                
                     spices 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1314 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spice, balsam, balsam tree, perfume <BR> 2) (TWOT) sweet, sweet smell, sweet odour 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·śā·mîm
         spices 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁחָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁחָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·ḥāh
                
                
                     for the anointing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4888 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) consecrated portion, anointing oil, portion, ointment, anointing portion <BR> 1a) ointment (used to consecrate by anointing) <BR> 1b) anointing portion 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·ḥāh
         for the anointing 
    
 
        
            לְשֶׁ֣מֶן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֶׁ֣מֶן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·še·men
                
                
                     oil 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8081 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fat, oil <BR> 1a) fat, fatness <BR> 1b) oil, olive oil <BR> 1b1) as staple, medicament or unguent <BR> 1b2) for anointing <BR> 1c) fat (of fruitful land, valleys) (metaph) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·še·men
         oil 
    
 
        
            הַסַּמִּֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַסַּמִּֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    has·sam·mîm
                
                
                     and for the fragrant 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5561 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) spice <BR> 1a) a spice used in incense 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        has·sam·mîm
         and for the fragrant 
    
 
        
            וְלִקְטֹ֖רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלִקְטֹ֖רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·liq·ṭō·reṯ
                
                
                     incense ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) incense, smoke, odour of (burning) sacrifice <BR> 1a) sweet smoke of sacrifice <BR> 1b) incense <BR> 1c) perfume 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·liq·ṭō·reṯ
         incense ; 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            and onyx stones and gemstones to be mounted on the ephod and breastpiece.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אַבְנֵי־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַבְנֵי־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’aḇ·nê-
                
                
                     and onyx stones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’aḇ·nê-
         and onyx stones 
    
 
        
            שֹׁ֕הַם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֹׁ֕הַם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šō·ham
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7718 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a precious stone or gem <BR> 1a) probably onyx, chrysoprasus, beryl, malachite 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šō·ham
         . . . 
    
 
        
            וְאַבְנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַבְנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’aḇ·nê
                
                
                     and gemstones 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        68 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stone (large or small) <BR> 1a) common stone (in natural state) <BR> 1b) stone, as material <BR> 1b1) of tablets <BR> 1b2) marble, hewn stones <BR> 1c) precious stones, stones of fire <BR> 1d) stones containing metal (ore), tool for work or weapon <BR> 1e) weight <BR> 1f) plummet (stones of destruction) also made of metal <BR> 1g) stonelike objects, eg hailstones, stony heart, ice <BR> 1h) sacred object, as memorial Samuel set up to mark where God helped Israel to defeat the Philistines <BR> 1i) (simile) <BR> 1i1) sinking in water, motionlessness <BR> 1i2) strength, firmness, solidity <BR> 1i3) commonness <BR> 1j) (metaph) <BR> 1j1) petrified with terror <BR> 1j2) perverse, hard heart 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’aḇ·nê
         and gemstones 
    
 
        
            מִלֻּאִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלֻּאִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·lu·’îm
                
                
                     to be mounted 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4394 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) setting, installation <BR> 1a) setting, stones for setting <BR> 1b) installation (of priests) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·lu·’îm
         to be mounted 
    
 
        
            לָאֵפֹ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָאֵפֹ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
                
                
                     on the ephod 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        646 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ephod <BR> 1a) priestly garment, shoulder-cape or mantle, outer garment <BR> 1a1) worn by an ordinary priest and made of white stuff <BR> 1a2) worn by the high priest-more costly, woven of gold, blue, purple, scarlet, and linen threads provided with shoulder-pieces and a breast piece of like material, ornamented with gems and gold 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·’ê·p̄ōḏ
         on the ephod 
    
 
        
            וְלַחֹֽשֶׁן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְלַחֹֽשֶׁן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·la·ḥō·šen
                
                
                     and breastpiece . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-l, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2833 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breastplate, breastpiece <BR> 1a) sacred pouch of the high priest designed to hold the Urim and Thummim 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·la·ḥō·šen
         and breastpiece . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And they are to make a sanctuary for Me, so that I may dwell among them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָ֥שׂוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָ֥שׂוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śū
                
                
                     And they are to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śū
         And they are to make 
    
 
        
            מִקְדָּ֑שׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְדָּ֑שׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·dāš
                
                
                     a sanctuary 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4720 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacred place, sanctuary, holy place <BR> 1a) sanctuary <BR> 1a1) of the temple <BR> 1a2) of the tabernacle <BR> 1a3) of Ezekiel's temple <BR> 1a4) of Jehovah 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·dāš
         a sanctuary 
    
 
        
            לִ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לִ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lî
                
                
                     for Me , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lî
         for Me , 
    
 
        
            וְשָׁכַנְתִּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשָׁכַנְתִּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šā·ḵan·tî
                
                
                     so that I may dwell 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7931 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to settle down, abide, dwell, tabernacle, reside <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to settle down to abide <BR> 1a2) to abide, dwell, reside <BR> 1b) (Piel) <BR> 1b1) to make settle down, establish <BR> 1b2) to make or cause to dwell <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to lay, place, set, establish, settle, fix <BR> 1c2) to cause to dwell or abide 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šā·ḵan·tî
         so that I may dwell 
    
 
        
            בְּתוֹכָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתוֹכָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
                
                
                     among them . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8432 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) midst, middle <BR> 1a) midst, middle <BR> 1b) into, through (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) among (of a number of persons) <BR> 1d) between (of things arranged by twos) <BR> 1e) from among (as to take or separate etc) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯō·w·ḵām
         among them . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You must make the tabernacle and design all its furnishings according to the pattern I show you.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֽׂוּ׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     You must make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śū
         You must make 
    
 
        
            הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּשְׁכָּ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·miš·kān
                
                
                     the tabernacle 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4908 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dwelling place, tabernacle <BR> 1a) dwelling-place <BR> 1b) dwellings 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·miš·kān
         the tabernacle 
    
 
        
            וְאֵ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֵ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’êṯ
                
                
                     and 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’êṯ
         and 
    
 
        
            תַּבְנִ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּבְנִ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taḇ·nîṯ
                
                
                     design 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pattern, plan, form, construction, figure <BR> 1a) construction, structure <BR> 1a1) meaning dubious <BR> 1b) pattern <BR> 1c) figure, image (of idols) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taḇ·nîṯ
         design 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         all 
    
 
        
            כֵּלָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּלָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kê·lāw
                
                
                     its furnishings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3627 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) article, vessel, implement, utensil <BR> 1a) article, object (general) <BR> 1b) utensil, implement, apparatus, vessel <BR> 1b1) implement (of hunting or war) <BR> 1b2) implement (of music) <BR> 1b3) implement, tool (of labour) <BR> 1b4) equipment, yoke (of oxen) <BR> 1b5) utensils, furniture <BR> 1c) vessel, receptacle (general) <BR> 1d) vessels (boats) of paper-reed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kê·lāw
         its furnishings 
    
 
        
            וְכֵ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכֵ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            כְּכֹ֗ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּכֹ֗ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ḵōl
                
                
                     according to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-k | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ḵōl
         according to 
    
 
        
            אֵ֚ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֚ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            תַּבְנִ֣ית 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּבְנִ֣ית 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    taḇ·nîṯ
                
                
                     the pattern 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pattern, plan, form, construction, figure <BR> 1a) construction, structure <BR> 1a1) meaning dubious <BR> 1b) pattern <BR> 1c) figure, image (of idols) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        taḇ·nîṯ
         the pattern 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֤ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         
    
 
        
            אֲנִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲנִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·nî
                
                
                     I 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        589 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) I (first pers. sing. -usually used for emphasis) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·nî
         I 
    
 
        
            מַרְאֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מַרְאֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mar·’eh
                
                
                     show 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hifil - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mar·’eh
         show 
    
 
        
            אוֹתְךָ֔ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתְךָ֔ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·wṯ·ḵā
                
                
                     you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·wṯ·ḵā
         you . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And they are to construct an ark of acacia wood, two and a half cubits long, a cubit and a half wide, and a cubit and a half high.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשׂ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשׂ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śū
                
                
                     And they are to construct 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śū
         And they are to construct 
    
 
        
            אֲר֖וֹן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲר֖וֹן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rō·wn
                
                
                     an ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rō·wn
         an ark 
    
 
        
            שִׁטִּ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁטִּ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiṭ·ṭîm
                
                
                     of acacia 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) acacia tree, acacia wood 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiṭ·ṭîm
         of acacia 
    
 
        
            עֲצֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲצֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṣê
                
                
                     wood , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṣê
         wood , 
    
 
        
            אַמָּתַ֨יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַמָּתַ֨יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’am·mā·ṯa·yim
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’am·mā·ṯa·yim
         two 
    
 
        
            וָחֵ֜צִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָחֵ֜צִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḥê·ṣî
                
                
                     and a half cubits 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḥê·ṣî
         and a half cubits 
    
 
        
            אָרְכּ֗וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָרְכּ֗וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·rə·kōw
                
                
                     long , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) length <BR> 1a) physical length <BR> 1b) of time <BR> 2) forbearance, self-restraint (of patience) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·rə·kōw
         long , 
    
 
        
            וְאַמָּ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַמָּ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’am·māh
                
                
                     a cubit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’am·māh
         a cubit 
    
 
        
            וָחֵ֙צִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָחֵ֙צִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḥê·ṣî
                
                
                     and a half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḥê·ṣî
         and a half 
    
 
        
            רָחְבּ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָחְבּ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·ḥə·bōw
                
                
                     wide , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breadth, width, expanse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·ḥə·bōw
         wide , 
    
 
        
            וְאַמָּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַמָּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’am·māh
                
                
                     and a cubit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’am·māh
         and a cubit 
    
 
        
            וָחֵ֖צִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָחֵ֖צִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḥê·ṣî
                
                
                     and a half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḥê·ṣî
         and a half 
    
 
        
            קֹמָתֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹמָתֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·mā·ṯōw
                
                
                     high . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6967 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) height <BR> 1a) height, stature <BR> 1b) height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·mā·ṯōw
         high . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Overlay it with pure gold both inside and out, and make a gold molding around it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְצִפִּיתָ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצִפִּיתָ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
                
                
                     Overlay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6823 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lay out, lay over, overlay, cover <BR> 1a) (Piel) to overlay, plate, stud <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be laid over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
         Overlay 
    
 
        
            אֹתוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         - 
    
 
        
            טָה֔וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֔וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     it with pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         it with pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            תְּצַפֶּ֑נּוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תְּצַפֶּ֑נּוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tə·ṣap·pen·nū
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - second person masculine singular | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6823 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lay out, lay over, overlay, cover <BR> 1a) (Piel) to overlay, plate, stud <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be laid over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tə·ṣap·pen·nū
         - 
    
 
        
            מִבַּ֥יִת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבַּ֥יִת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·ba·yiṯ
                
                
                     both inside 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·ba·yiṯ
         both inside 
    
 
        
            וּמִח֖וּץ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמִח֖וּץ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mi·ḥūṣ
                
                
                     and out , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2351 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) outside, outward, street, the outside 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mi·ḥūṣ
         and out , 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֧יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֧יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     and make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         and make 
    
 
        
            עָלָ֛יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עָלָ֛יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ā·lāw
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ā·lāw
         . . . 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     a gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         a gold 
    
 
        
            זֵ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֵ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zêr
                
                
                     molding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, moulding, circlet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zêr
         molding 
    
 
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     around it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         around it . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Cast four gold rings for it and fasten them to its four feet, two rings on one side and two on the other.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְיָצַ֣קְתָּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְיָצַ֣קְתָּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·yā·ṣaq·tā
                
                
                     Cast 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3332 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pour, flow, cast, pour out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pour, pour out <BR> 1a2) to cast <BR> 1a3) to flow <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) to pour, pour out <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be poured <BR> 1c2) cast, molten (participle) <BR> 1c3) being firmly established (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·yā·ṣaq·tā
         Cast 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּע֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּע֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֔ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֔ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            טַבְּעֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבְּעֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
         rings 
    
 
        
            לּ֗וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לּ֗וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     for it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         for it 
    
 
        
            וְנָ֣תַתָּ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָ֣תַתָּ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
                
                
                     and fasten them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯat·tāh
         and fasten them 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         to 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     its four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         its four 
    
 
        
            פַּעֲמֹתָ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פַּעֲמֹתָ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pa·‘ă·mō·ṯāw
                
                
                     feet , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6471 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) stroke, beat, foot, step, anvil, occurrence <BR> 1a) foot, hoof-beat, footfall, footstep <BR> 1b) anvil <BR> 1c) occurrence, time, stroke, beat <BR> 1c1) one time, once, twice, thrice, as time on time, at this repetition, this once, now at length, now...now, at one time...at another 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pa·‘ă·mō·ṯāw
         feet , 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁתֵּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁתֵּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·tê
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·tê
         two 
    
 
        
            טַבָּעֹ֗ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבָּעֹ֗ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
         rings 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הָֽאֶחָ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָֽאֶחָ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāṯ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāṯ
         one 
    
 
        
            צַלְעוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְעוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·‘ōw
                
                
                     side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side, rib, beam <BR> 1a) rib (of man) <BR> 1b) rib (of hill, ridge, etc) <BR> 1c) side-chambers or cells (of temple structure) <BR> 1d) rib, plank, board (of cedar or fir) <BR> 1e) leaves (of door) <BR> 1f) side (of ark) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·‘ōw
         side 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁתֵּי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁתֵּי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·tê
                
                
                     and two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - feminine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·tê
         and two 
    
 
        
            טַבָּעֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבָּעֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִֽית׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִֽית׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nîṯ
                
                
                     the other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nîṯ
         the other 
    
 
        
            צַלְע֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְע֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·‘ōw
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side, rib, beam <BR> 1a) rib (of man) <BR> 1b) rib (of hill, ridge, etc) <BR> 1c) side-chambers or cells (of temple structure) <BR> 1d) rib, plank, board (of cedar or fir) <BR> 1e) leaves (of door) <BR> 1f) side (of ark) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·‘ōw
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And make poles of acacia wood and overlay them with gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     And make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         And make 
    
 
        
            בַדֵּ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַדֵּ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇad·dê
                
                
                     poles 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alone, by itself, besides, a part, separation, being alone <BR> 1a) separation, alone, by itself <BR> 1a1) only (adv) <BR> 1a2) apart from, besides (prep) <BR> 1b) part <BR> 1c) parts (eg limbs, shoots), bars 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇad·dê
         poles 
    
 
        
            שִׁטִּ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁטִּ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiṭ·ṭîm
                
                
                     of acacia 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) acacia tree, acacia wood 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiṭ·ṭîm
         of acacia 
    
 
        
            עֲצֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲצֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṣê
                
                
                     wood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṣê
         wood 
    
 
        
            וְצִפִּיתָ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצִפִּיתָ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
                
                
                     and overlay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6823 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lay out, lay over, overlay, cover <BR> 1a) (Piel) to overlay, plate, stud <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be laid over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
         and overlay 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            זָהָֽב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָֽב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     with gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         with gold . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Insert the poles into the rings on the sides of the ark, in order to carry it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְהֵֽבֵאתָ֤ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵֽבֵאתָ֤ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·ḇê·ṯā
                
                
                     Insert 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        935 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go in, enter, come, go, come in <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to enter, come in <BR> 1a2) to come <BR> 1a2a) to come with <BR> 1a2b) to come upon, fall or light upon, attack (enemy) <BR> 1a2c) to come to pass <BR> 1a3) to attain to <BR> 1a4) to be enumerated <BR> 1a5) to go <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to lead in <BR> 1b2) to carry in <BR> 1b3) to bring in, cause to come in, gather, cause to come, bring near, bring against, bring upon <BR> 1b4) to bring to pass <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be brought, brought in <BR> 1c2) to be introduced, be put 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·ḇê·ṯā
         Insert 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַבַּדִּים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבַּדִּים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bad·dîm
                
                
                     the poles 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alone, by itself, besides, a part, separation, being alone <BR> 1a) separation, alone, by itself <BR> 1a1) only (adv) <BR> 1a2) apart from, besides (prep) <BR> 1b) part <BR> 1c) parts (eg limbs, shoots), bars 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bad·dîm
         the poles 
    
 
        
            בַּטַּבָּעֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּטַּבָּעֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     into the rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
         into the rings 
    
 
        
            עַ֖ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֖ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         on 
    
 
        
            צַלְעֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
צַלְעֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṣal·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     the sides 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6763 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side, rib, beam <BR> 1a) rib (of man) <BR> 1b) rib (of hill, ridge, etc) <BR> 1c) side-chambers or cells (of temple structure) <BR> 1d) rib, plank, board (of cedar or fir) <BR> 1e) leaves (of door) <BR> 1f) side (of ark) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṣal·‘ōṯ
         the sides 
    
 
        
            הָאָרֹ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָרֹ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rōn
                
                
                     of the ark , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rōn
         of the ark , 
    
 
        
            לָשֵׂ֥את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָשֵׂ֥את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·śêṯ
                
                
                     in order to carry 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·śêṯ
         in order to carry 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאָרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rōn
                
                
                     [it] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rōn
         [it] 
    
 
        
            בָּהֶֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֶֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hem
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hem
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The poles are to remain in the rings of the ark; they must not be removed.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַבַּדִּ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבַּדִּ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bad·dîm
                
                
                     The poles 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alone, by itself, besides, a part, separation, being alone <BR> 1a) separation, alone, by itself <BR> 1a1) only (adv) <BR> 1a2) apart from, besides (prep) <BR> 1b) part <BR> 1c) parts (eg limbs, shoots), bars 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bad·dîm
         The poles 
    
 
        
            יִהְי֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְי֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū
                
                
                     are to remain 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū
         are to remain 
    
 
        
            בְּטַבְּעֹת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּטַבְּעֹת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     in the rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
         in the rings 
    
 
        
            הָאָרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rōn
                
                
                     of the ark ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rōn
         of the ark ; 
    
 
        
            לֹ֥א 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֹ֥א 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lō
                
                
                     they must not 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb - Negative particle 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3808 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) not, no <BR> 1a) not (with verb-absolute prohibition) <BR> 1b) not (with modifier-negation) <BR> 1c) nothing (subst) <BR> 1d) without (with particle) <BR> 1e) before (of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lō
         they must not 
    
 
        
            יָסֻ֖רוּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יָסֻ֖רוּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yā·su·rū
                
                
                     be removed 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5493 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to turn aside, depart <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to turn aside, turn in unto <BR> 1a2) to depart, depart from way, avoid <BR> 1a3) to be removed <BR> 1a4) to come to an end <BR> 1b) (Polel) to turn aside <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to cause to turn aside, cause to depart, remove, take away, put away, depose <BR> 1c2) to put aside, leave undone, retract, reject, abolish <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be taken away, be removed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yā·su·rū
         be removed 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּֽנּוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nū
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nū
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And place inside the ark the Testimony, which I will give you.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     And place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         And place 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     inside 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         inside 
    
 
        
            הָאָרֹ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָרֹ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rōn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rōn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            אֵ֚ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֚ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            הָעֵדֻ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵדֻ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
                
                
                     the Testimony , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) testimony 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
         the Testimony , 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     which 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         which 
    
 
        
            אֶתֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’et·tên
                
                
                     I will give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’et·tên
         I will give 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶֽיךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶֽיךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     you . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         you . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And you are to construct a mercy seat of pure gold, two and a half cubits long and a cubit and a half wide.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     And you are to construct 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         And you are to construct 
    
 
        
            כַפֹּ֖רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַפֹּ֖רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵap·pō·reṯ
                
                
                     a mercy seat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mercy-seat, place of atonement <BR> 1a) the golden plate of propitiation on which the High Priest sprinkled the seat 7 times on the Day of Atonement symbolically reconciling Jehovah and His chosen people <BR> 1a1) the slab of gold on top of the ark of the covenant which measured 2.5 by 1.5 cubits; on it and part of it were the two golden cherubim facing each other whose outstretched wings came together above and constituted the throne of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵap·pō·reṯ
         a mercy seat 
    
 
        
            טָה֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold , 
    
 
        
            אַמָּתַ֤יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַמָּתַ֤יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’am·mā·ṯa·yim
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’am·mā·ṯa·yim
         two 
    
 
        
            וָחֵ֙צִי֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָחֵ֙צִי֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḥê·ṣî
                
                
                     and a half cubits 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḥê·ṣî
         and a half cubits 
    
 
        
            אָרְכָּ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָרְכָּ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·rə·kāh
                
                
                     long 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) length <BR> 1a) physical length <BR> 1b) of time <BR> 2) forbearance, self-restraint (of patience) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·rə·kāh
         long 
    
 
        
            וְאַמָּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַמָּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’am·māh
                
                
                     and a cubit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’am·māh
         and a cubit 
    
 
        
            וָחֵ֖צִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָחֵ֖צִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḥê·ṣî
                
                
                     and a half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḥê·ṣî
         and a half 
    
 
        
            רָחְבָּֽהּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָחְבָּֽהּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·ḥə·bāh
                
                
                     wide . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breadth, width, expanse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·ḥə·bāh
         wide . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make two cherubim of hammered gold at the ends of the mercy seat,
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֛יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֛יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
 
        
            שְׁנַ֥יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנַ֥יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·na·yim
                
                
                     two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - md 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·na·yim
         two 
    
 
        
            כְּרֻבִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּרֻבִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·ru·ḇîm
                
                
                     cherubim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3742 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cherub, cherubim (pl) <BR> 1a) an angelic being <BR> 1a1) as guardians of Eden <BR> 1a2) as flanking God's throne <BR> 1a3) as an image form hovering over the Ark of the Covenant <BR> 1a4) as the chariot of Jehovah (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·ru·ḇîm
         cherubim 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         - 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         - 
    
 
        
            מִקְשָׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְשָׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·šāh
                
                
                     of hammered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hammered work, finely decorated cultic objects of gold or silver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·šāh
         of hammered 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            מִשְּׁנֵ֖י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִשְּׁנֵ֖י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miš·šə·nê
                
                
                     [at the] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miš·šə·nê
         [at the] 
    
 
        
            קְצ֥וֹת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצ֥וֹת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣō·wṯ
                
                
                     ends 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣō·wṯ
         ends 
    
 
        
            הַכַּפֹּֽרֶת׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכַּפֹּֽרֶת׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kap·pō·reṯ
                
                
                     of the mercy seat , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mercy-seat, place of atonement <BR> 1a) the golden plate of propitiation on which the High Priest sprinkled the seat 7 times on the Day of Atonement symbolically reconciling Jehovah and His chosen people <BR> 1a1) the slab of gold on top of the ark of the covenant which measured 2.5 by 1.5 cubits; on it and part of it were the two golden cherubim facing each other whose outstretched wings came together above and constituted the throne of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kap·pō·reṯ
         of the mercy seat , 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            one cherub on one end and one on the other, all made from one piece of gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         
    
 
        
            הַכַּפֹּ֛רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכַּפֹּ֛רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kap·pō·reṯ
                
                
                     , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mercy-seat, place of atonement <BR> 1a) the golden plate of propitiation on which the High Priest sprinkled the seat 7 times on the Day of Atonement symbolically reconciling Jehovah and His chosen people <BR> 1a1) the slab of gold on top of the ark of the covenant which measured 2.5 by 1.5 cubits; on it and part of it were the two golden cherubim facing each other whose outstretched wings came together above and constituted the throne of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kap·pō·reṯ
         , 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשׂ֥וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śū
                
                
                     [all] made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śū
         [all] made 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַכְּרֻבִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּרֻבִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3742 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cherub, cherubim (pl) <BR> 1a) an angelic being <BR> 1a1) as guardians of Eden <BR> 1a2) as flanking God's throne <BR> 1a3) as an image form hovering over the Ark of the Covenant <BR> 1a4) as the chariot of Jehovah (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
         
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         - 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            קְצוֹתָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְצוֹתָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·ṣō·w·ṯāw
                
                
                     [from one piece of gold] . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·ṣō·w·ṯāw
         [from one piece of gold] . 
    
 
        
            וַ֠עֲשֵׂה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַ֠עֲשֵׂה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·śêh
         - 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֤ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֤ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         one 
    
 
        
            כְּר֨וּב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְּר֨וּב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kə·rūḇ
                
                
                     cherub 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3742 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cherub, cherubim (pl) <BR> 1a) an angelic being <BR> 1a1) as guardians of Eden <BR> 1a2) as flanking God's throne <BR> 1a3) as an image form hovering over the Ark of the Covenant <BR> 1a4) as the chariot of Jehovah (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kə·rūḇ
         cherub 
    
 
        
            מִזֶּ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזֶּ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·zeh
                
                
                     on one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·zeh
         on one 
    
 
        
            מִקָּצָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקָּצָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·qā·ṣāh
                
                
                     end 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·qā·ṣāh
         end 
    
 
        
            אֶחָ֥ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶחָ֥ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     and one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’e·ḥāḏ
         and one 
    
 
        
            וּכְרוּב־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּכְרוּב־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḵə·rūḇ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3742 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cherub, cherubim (pl) <BR> 1a) an angelic being <BR> 1a1) as guardians of Eden <BR> 1a2) as flanking God's throne <BR> 1a3) as an image form hovering over the Ark of the Covenant <BR> 1a4) as the chariot of Jehovah (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḵə·rūḇ-
         - 
    
 
        
            מִזֶּ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִזֶּ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miz·zeh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Pronoun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2088 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) this, this one, here, which, this...that, the one...the other, another, such <BR> 1a) (alone) <BR> 1a1) this one <BR> 1a2) this...that, the one...the other, another <BR> 1b) (appos to subst) <BR> 1b1) this <BR> 1c) (as predicate) <BR> 1c1) this, such <BR> 1d) (enclitically) <BR> 1d1) then <BR> 1d2) who, whom <BR> 1d3) how now, what now <BR> 1d4) what now <BR> 1d5) wherefore now <BR> 1d6) behold here <BR> 1d7) just now <BR> 1d8) now, now already <BR> 1e) (poetry) <BR> 1e1) wherein, which, those who <BR> 1f) (with prefixes) <BR> 1f1) in this (place) here, then <BR> 1f2) on these conditions, herewith, thus provided, by, through this, for this cause, in this matter <BR> 1f3) thus and thus <BR> 1f4) as follows, things such as these, accordingly, to that effect, in like manner, thus and thus <BR> 1f5) from here, hence, on one side...on the other side <BR> 1f6) on this account <BR> 1f7) in spite of this, which, whence, how 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miz·zeh
         - 
    
 
        
            מִקָּצָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקָּצָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·qā·ṣāh
                
                
                     on the other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7098 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) end, extremity <BR> 1a) end <BR> 1b) from the whole of, from among (of what is included between extremities) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·qā·ṣāh
         on the other 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And the cherubim are to have wings that spread upward, overshadowing the mercy seat. The cherubim are to face each other, looking toward the mercy seat.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַכְּרֻבִים֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּרֻבִים֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
                
                
                     And the cherubim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3742 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cherub, cherubim (pl) <BR> 1a) an angelic being <BR> 1a1) as guardians of Eden <BR> 1a2) as flanking God's throne <BR> 1a3) as an image form hovering over the Ark of the Covenant <BR> 1a4) as the chariot of Jehovah (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
         And the cherubim 
    
 
        
            וְהָי֣וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהָי֣וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hā·yū
                
                
                     are to have 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - third person common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hā·yū
         are to have 
    
 
        
            כְנָפַ֜יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כְנָפַ֜יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḵə·nā·p̄a·yim
                
                
                     wings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing, extremity, edge, winged, border, corner, shirt <BR> 1a) wing <BR> 1b) extremity <BR> 1b1) skirt, corner (of garment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḵə·nā·p̄a·yim
         wings 
    
 
        
            פֹּרְשֵׂ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פֹּרְשֵׂ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pō·rə·śê
                
                
                     that spread 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6566 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to spread, spread out, stretch, break in pieces <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to spread out, display <BR> 1a2) to spread over <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be scattered, be spread out <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to spread out <BR> 1c1) to scatter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pō·rə·śê
         that spread 
    
 
        
            לְמַ֗עְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמַ֗עְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ma‘·lāh
                
                
                     upward , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) higher part, upper part <BR> adv <BR> 1a) above <BR> prep <BR> 1b) on the top of, above, on higher ground than <BR> with locative <BR> 1c) upwards, higher, above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ma‘·lāh
         upward , 
    
 
        
            סֹכְכִ֤ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סֹכְכִ֤ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sō·ḵə·ḵîm
                
                
                     overshadowing 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5526 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Qal) to hedge, fence about, shut in <BR> 2) to block, overshadow, screen, stop the approach, shut off, cover <BR> 2a) (Qal) <BR> 2a1) to screen, cover <BR> 2a2) to cover oneself <BR> 2a3) protector (participle) <BR> 2b) (Hiphil) <BR> 2b1) to screen, cover <BR> 2b2) to cover, defecate (euphemism) <BR> 3) (Qal) to cover, lay over <BR> 4) to weave together <BR> 4a) (Qal) to weave together <BR> 4b) (Pilpel) to weave, weave together 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sō·ḵə·ḵîm
         overshadowing 
    
 
        
            הַכַּפֹּ֔רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכַּפֹּ֔רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kap·pō·reṯ
                
                
                     the mercy seat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mercy-seat, place of atonement <BR> 1a) the golden plate of propitiation on which the High Priest sprinkled the seat 7 times on the Day of Atonement symbolically reconciling Jehovah and His chosen people <BR> 1a1) the slab of gold on top of the ark of the covenant which measured 2.5 by 1.5 cubits; on it and part of it were the two golden cherubim facing each other whose outstretched wings came together above and constituted the throne of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kap·pō·reṯ
         the mercy seat 
    
 
        
            בְּכַנְפֵיהֶם֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּכַנְפֵיהֶם֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ḵan·p̄ê·hem
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3671 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) wing, extremity, edge, winged, border, corner, shirt <BR> 1a) wing <BR> 1b) extremity <BR> 1b1) skirt, corner (of garment) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ḵan·p̄ê·hem
         - . 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         - 
    
 
        
            וּפְנֵיהֶ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפְנֵיהֶ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ə·nê·hem
                
                
                     [The cherubim] are to face 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ə·nê·hem
         [The cherubim] are to face 
    
 
        
            אִ֣ישׁ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִ֣ישׁ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’îš
                
                
                     each 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        376 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) man <BR> 1a) man, male (in contrast to woman, female) <BR> 1b) husband <BR> 1c) human being, person (in contrast to God) <BR> 1d) servant <BR> 1e) mankind <BR> 1f) champion <BR> 1g) great man <BR> 2) whosoever <BR> 3) each (adjective) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’îš
         each 
    
 
        
            אָחִ֑יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָחִ֑יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·ḥîw
                
                
                     other , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        251 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) brother <BR> 1a) brother of same parents <BR> 1b) half-brother (same father)<BR> 1c) relative, kinship, same tribe <BR> 1d) each to the other (reciprocal relationship) <BR> 1e) (fig.) of resemblance 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·ḥîw
         other , 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         . . . 
    
 
        
            פְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pə·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pə·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            הַכְּרֻבִֽים׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּרֻבִֽים׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3742 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cherub, cherubim (pl) <BR> 1a) an angelic being <BR> 1a1) as guardians of Eden <BR> 1a2) as flanking God's throne <BR> 1a3) as an image form hovering over the Ark of the Covenant <BR> 1a4) as the chariot of Jehovah (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
         - 
    
 
        
            יִהְי֖וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְי֖וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū
                
                
                     looking 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū
         looking 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     toward 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         toward 
    
 
        
            הַכַּפֹּ֔רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכַּפֹּ֔רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kap·pō·reṯ
                
                
                     the mercy seat . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mercy-seat, place of atonement <BR> 1a) the golden plate of propitiation on which the High Priest sprinkled the seat 7 times on the Day of Atonement symbolically reconciling Jehovah and His chosen people <BR> 1a1) the slab of gold on top of the ark of the covenant which measured 2.5 by 1.5 cubits; on it and part of it were the two golden cherubim facing each other whose outstretched wings came together above and constituted the throne of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kap·pō·reṯ
         the mercy seat . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Set the mercy seat atop the ark and put the Testimony that I will give you into the ark.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֧ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֧ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     Set 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         Set 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַכַּפֹּ֛רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכַּפֹּ֛רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kap·pō·reṯ
                
                
                     the mercy seat 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mercy-seat, place of atonement <BR> 1a) the golden plate of propitiation on which the High Priest sprinkled the seat 7 times on the Day of Atonement symbolically reconciling Jehovah and His chosen people <BR> 1a1) the slab of gold on top of the ark of the covenant which measured 2.5 by 1.5 cubits; on it and part of it were the two golden cherubim facing each other whose outstretched wings came together above and constituted the throne of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kap·pō·reṯ
         the mercy seat 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     atop 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         atop 
    
 
        
            מִלְמָ֑עְלָה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִלְמָ֑עְלָה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mil·mā·‘ə·lāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m, Preposition-l | Adverb | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) higher part, upper part <BR> adv <BR> 1a) above <BR> prep <BR> 1b) on the top of, above, on higher ground than <BR> with locative <BR> 1c) upwards, higher, above 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mil·mā·‘ə·lāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            הָאָרֹ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאָרֹ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rōn
                
                
                     the ark , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rōn
         the ark , 
    
 
        
            תִּתֵּן֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּתֵּן֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tit·tên
                
                
                     and put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tit·tên
         and put 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הָ֣עֵדֻ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣עֵדֻ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
                
                
                     the Testimony 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) testimony 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
         the Testimony 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            אֶתֵּ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶתֵּ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’et·tên
                
                
                     I will give 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’et·tên
         I will give 
    
 
        
            אֵלֶֽיךָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵלֶֽיךָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ê·le·ḵā
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ê·le·ḵā
         you 
    
 
        
            וְאֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’el-
                
                
                     into 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’el-
         into 
    
 
        
            הָ֣אָרֹ֔ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָ֣אָרֹ֔ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’ā·rōn
                
                
                     the ark . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’ā·rōn
         the ark . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And I will meet with you there above the mercy seat, between the two cherubim that are over the ark of the Testimony; I will speak with you about all that I command you regarding the Israelites.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנוֹעַדְתִּ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנוֹעַדְתִּ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nō·w·‘aḏ·tî
                
                
                     And I will meet 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to fix, appoint, assemble, meet, set, betroth<BR> 1a)(Qal) to appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to meet <BR> 1b2) to meet by appointment <BR> 1b3) to gather, assemble by appointment <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) to cause to meet <BR> 1d) (Hophal) to be set, be placed before, be fixed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nō·w·‘aḏ·tî
         And I will meet 
    
 
        
            לְךָ֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְךָ֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḵā
                
                
                     with you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḵā
         with you 
    
 
        
            שָׁם֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שָׁם֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šām
                
                
                     there 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8033 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) there, thither <BR> 1a) there <BR> 1b) thither (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1c) from there, thence <BR> 1d) then (as an adverb of time) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šām
         there 
    
 
        
            מֵעַ֣ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מֵעַ֣ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mê·‘al
                
                
                     above 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mê·‘al
         above 
    
 
        
            הַכַּפֹּ֗רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכַּפֹּ֗רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kap·pō·reṯ
                
                
                     the mercy seat , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) mercy-seat, place of atonement <BR> 1a) the golden plate of propitiation on which the High Priest sprinkled the seat 7 times on the Day of Atonement symbolically reconciling Jehovah and His chosen people <BR> 1a1) the slab of gold on top of the ark of the covenant which measured 2.5 by 1.5 cubits; on it and part of it were the two golden cherubim facing each other whose outstretched wings came together above and constituted the throne of God 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kap·pō·reṯ
         the mercy seat , 
    
 
        
            מִבֵּין֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִבֵּין֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mib·bên
                
                
                     between 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        996 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) between, among, in the midst of (with other preps), from between 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mib·bên
         between 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     the two 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         the two 
    
 
        
            הַכְּרֻבִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכְּרֻבִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
                
                
                     cherubim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3742 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cherub, cherubim (pl) <BR> 1a) an angelic being <BR> 1a1) as guardians of Eden <BR> 1a2) as flanking God's throne <BR> 1a3) as an image form hovering over the Ark of the Covenant <BR> 1a4) as the chariot of Jehovah (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kə·ru·ḇîm
         cherubim 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     are over 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         are over 
    
 
        
            אֲרֹ֣ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲרֹ֣ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·rōn
                
                
                     the ark 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - common singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        727 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) chest, ark <BR> 1a) money chest <BR> 1b) Ark of the Covenant <BR> 2)(TWOT) coffin 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·rōn
         the ark 
    
 
        
            הָעֵדֻ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָעֵדֻ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
                
                
                     of the Testimony ; 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5715 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) testimony 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·‘ê·ḏuṯ
         of the Testimony ; 
    
 
        
            אֵ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         - 
    
 
        
            וְדִבַּרְתִּ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְדִבַּרְתִּ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḏib·bar·tî
                
                
                     I will speak 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1696 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to speak, declare, converse, command, promise, warn, threaten, sing <BR> 1a) (Qal) to speak <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to speak with one another, talk <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to speak <BR> 1c2) to promise <BR> 1d) (Pual) to be spoken <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to speak <BR> 1f) (Hiphil) to lead away, put to flight 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḏib·bar·tî
         I will speak 
    
 
        
            אִתְּךָ֜ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אִתְּךָ֜ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’it·tə·ḵā
                
                
                     with you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        854 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) with, near, together with <BR> 1a) with, together with <BR> 1b) with (of relationship) <BR> 1c) near (of place)<BR> 1d) with (poss.) <BR> 1e) from...with, from (with other prep) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’it·tə·ḵā
         with you 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     about all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         about all 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֧ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         that 
    
 
        
            אֲצַוֶּ֛ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲצַוֶּ֛ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·ṣaw·weh
                
                
                     I command 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Piel - Imperfect - first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6680 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to command, charge, give orders, lay charge, give charge to, order <BR> 1a)(Piel) <BR> 1a1) to lay charge upon <BR> 1a2) to give charge to, give command to <BR> 1a3) to give charge unto <BR> 1a4) to give charge over, appoint <BR> 1a5) to give charge, command <BR> 1a6) to charge, command <BR> 1a7) to charge, commission <BR> 1a8) to command, appoint, ordain (of divine act) <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be commanded 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·ṣaw·weh
         I command 
    
 
        
            אוֹתְךָ֖ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אוֹתְךָ֖ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·wṯ·ḵā
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·wṯ·ḵā
         you 
    
 
        
            אֶל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’el-
                
                
                     regarding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        413 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to, toward, unto (of motion) <BR> 2) into (limit is actually entered) <BR> 2a) in among <BR> 3) toward (of direction, not necessarily physical motion) <BR> 4) against (motion or direction of a hostile character) <BR> 5) in addition to, to <BR> 6) concerning, in regard to, in reference to, on account of <BR> 7) according to (rule or standard) <BR> 8) at, by, against (of one's presence) <BR> 9) in between, in within, to within, unto (idea of motion to) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’el-
         regarding 
    
 
        
            בְּנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·nê
                
                
                     the Israelites 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1121 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) son, grandson, child, member of a group <BR> 1a) son, male child <BR> 1b) grandson <BR> 1c) children (pl. - male and female) <BR> 1d) youth, young men (pl.) <BR> 1e) young (of animals) <BR> 1f) sons (as characterisation, i.e. sons of injustice [for un- righteous men] or sons of God [for angels] <BR> 1g) people (of a nation) (pl.) <BR> 1h) of lifeless things, i.e. sparks, stars, arrows (fig.) <BR> 1i) a member of a guild, order, class 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·nê
         the Israelites 
    
 
        
            יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yiś·rā·’êl
                
                
                     . . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - proper - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        Israel = |God prevails|<BR> 1) the second name for Jacob given to him by God after his wrestling with the angel at Peniel <BR> 2) the name of the descendants and the nation of the descendants of Jacob <BR> 2a) the name of the nation until the death of Solomon and the split <BR> 2b) the name used and given to the northern kingdom consisting of the 10 tribes under Jeroboam; the southern kingdom was known as Judah <BR> 2c) the name of the nation after the return from exile 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yiś·rā·’êl
         . . . . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are also to make a table of acacia wood two cubits long, a cubit wide, and a cubit and a half high.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     You are also to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         You are also to make 
    
 
        
            שֻׁלְחָ֖ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שֻׁלְחָ֖ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šul·ḥān
                
                
                     a table 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7979 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) table <BR> 1a) table <BR> 1a1) of king's table, private use, sacred uses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šul·ḥān
         a table 
    
 
        
            שִׁטִּ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁטִּ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiṭ·ṭîm
                
                
                     of acacia 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) acacia tree, acacia wood 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiṭ·ṭîm
         of acacia 
    
 
        
            עֲצֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲצֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṣê
                
                
                     wood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṣê
         wood 
    
 
        
            אַמָּתַ֤יִם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַמָּתַ֤יִם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’am·mā·ṯa·yim
                
                
                     two cubits 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - fd 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’am·mā·ṯa·yim
         two cubits 
    
 
        
            אָרְכּוֹ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אָרְכּוֹ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ā·rə·kōw
                
                
                     long , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        753 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) length <BR> 1a) physical length <BR> 1b) of time <BR> 2) forbearance, self-restraint (of patience) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ā·rə·kōw
         long , 
    
 
        
            וְאַמָּ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַמָּ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’am·māh
                
                
                     a cubit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’am·māh
         a cubit 
    
 
        
            רָחְבּ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רָחְבּ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    rā·ḥə·bōw
                
                
                     wide , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7341 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) breadth, width, expanse 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        rā·ḥə·bōw
         wide , 
    
 
        
            וְאַמָּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְאַמָּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·’am·māh
                
                
                     and a cubit 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        520 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cubit-a measure of distance (the forearm), roughly 18 in (. 5m). There are several cubits used in the OT, the cubit of a man or common cubit (De 3:11), the legal cubit or cubit of the sanctuary (Eze 40:5) plus others. See a Bible Dictionary for a complete treatment. 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·’am·māh
         and a cubit 
    
 
        
            וָחֵ֖צִי 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָחֵ֖צִי 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·ḥê·ṣî
                
                
                     and a half 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2677 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) half <BR> 1a) half <BR> 1b) middle 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·ḥê·ṣî
         and a half 
    
 
        
            קֹמָתֽוֹ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קֹמָתֽוֹ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qō·mā·ṯōw
                
                
                     high . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6967 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) height <BR> 1a) height, stature <BR> 1b) height 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qō·mā·ṯōw
         high . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Overlay it with pure gold and make a gold molding around it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְצִפִּיתָ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצִפִּיתָ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
                
                
                     Overlay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6823 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lay out, lay over, overlay, cover <BR> 1a) (Piel) to overlay, plate, stud <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be laid over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
         Overlay 
    
 
        
            אֹת֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹת֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯōw
                
                
                     it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯōw
         it 
    
 
        
            טָה֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     with pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         with pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     and make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         and make 
    
 
        
            לּ֛וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לּ֛וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         
    
 
        
            זָהָ֖ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֖ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     a gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         a gold 
    
 
        
            זֵ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֵ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zêr
                
                
                     molding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, moulding, circlet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zêr
         molding 
    
 
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     around it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         around it . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And make a rim around it a handbreadth wide and put a gold molding on the rim.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֨יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֨יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     And make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         And make 
    
 
        
            לּ֥וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לּ֥וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         
    
 
        
            מִסְגֶּ֛רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִסְגֶּ֛רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mis·ge·reṯ
                
                
                     a rim 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4526 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, fastness, rim <BR> 1a) border, rim <BR> 1b) fastness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mis·ge·reṯ
         a rim 
    
 
        
            סָבִ֑יב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִ֑יב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     around it 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         around it 
    
 
        
            טֹ֖פַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טֹ֖פַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭō·p̄aḥ
                
                
                     a handbreadth wide 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2948 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) span, hand breadth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭō·p̄aḥ
         a handbreadth wide 
    
 
        
            וְעָשִׂ֧יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֧יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     and put 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         and put 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֛ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֛ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     a gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         a gold 
    
 
        
            זֵר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זֵר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zêr-
                
                
                     molding 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, moulding, circlet 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zêr-
         molding 
    
 
        
            סָבִֽיב׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
סָבִֽיב׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    sā·ḇîḇ
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5439 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        subst<BR> 1) places round about, circuit, round about <BR> adv <BR> 2) in a circuit, a circuit, round about <BR> prep <BR> 3) in the circuit, from every side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        sā·ḇîḇ
         on 
    
 
        
            לְמִסְגַּרְתּ֖וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְמִסְגַּרְתּ֖וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·mis·gar·tōw
                
                
                     the rim . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4526 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, fastness, rim <BR> 1a) border, rim <BR> 1b) fastness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·mis·gar·tōw
         the rim . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make four gold rings for the table and fasten them to the four corners at its four legs.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֣יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּ֖ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּ֖ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         four 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold 
    
 
        
            טַבְּעֹ֣ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טַבְּעֹ֣ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭab·bə·‘ōṯ
         rings 
    
 
        
            לּ֔וֹ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לּ֔וֹ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lōw
                
                
                     for [the table] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lōw
         for [the table] 
    
 
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     and fasten 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         and fasten 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַטַּבָּעֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטַּבָּעֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     [them] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
         [them] 
    
 
        
            עַ֚ל 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַ֚ל 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al
                
                
                     to 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al
         to 
    
 
        
            אַרְבַּ֣ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבַּ֣ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     the four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·ba‘
         the four 
    
 
        
            הַפֵּאֹ֔ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַפֵּאֹ֔ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hap·pê·’ōṯ
                
                
                     corners 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6285 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) corner, edge, side, quarter, extremity <BR> 1a) corner <BR> 1b) side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hap·pê·’ōṯ
         corners 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֖ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            לְאַרְבַּ֥ע 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְאַרְבַּ֥ע 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·’ar·ba‘
                
                
                     at its four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·’ar·ba‘
         at its four 
    
 
        
            רַגְלָֽיו׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
רַגְלָֽיו׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    raḡ·lāw
                
                
                     legs . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine dual construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7272 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) foot <BR> 1a) foot, leg <BR> 1b) of God (anthropomorphic) <BR> 1c) of seraphim, cherubim, idols, animals, table <BR> 1d) according to the pace of (with prep) <BR> 1e) three times (feet, paces) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        raḡ·lāw
         legs . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The rings are to be close to the rim, to serve as holders for the poles used to carry the table.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            הַטַּבָּעֹ֑ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַטַּבָּעֹ֑ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
                
                
                     The rings 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2885 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) ring, signet, signet ring <BR> 1a) signet ring (as symbol of authority) <BR> 1b) ring (as ornament) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haṭ·ṭab·bā·‘ōṯ
         The rings 
    
 
        
            תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תִּהְיֶ֖יןָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tih·ye·nā
                
                
                     are to be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tih·ye·nā
         are to be 
    
 
        
            לְעֻמַּת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְעֻמַּת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·‘um·maṯ
                
                
                     close 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5980 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) juxtaposition <BR> 1a) used only as a prep <BR> 1a1) close by, side by side with, alongside of, parallel with <BR> 1a2) agreeing with, corresponding to, exactly as, close beside <BR> 1a3) correspondingly to 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·‘um·maṯ
         close 
    
 
        
            הַמִּסְגֶּ֔רֶת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמִּסְגֶּ֔רֶת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mis·ge·reṯ
                
                
                     to the rim , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4526 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) border, fastness, rim <BR> 1a) border, rim <BR> 1b) fastness 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mis·ge·reṯ
         to the rim , 
    
 
        
            לְבָתִּ֣ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבָתִּ֣ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇāt·tîm
                
                
                     to serve as holders 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1004 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        nm <BR> 1) house <BR> 1a) house, dwelling habitation <BR> 1b) shelter or abode of animals <BR> 1c) human bodies (fig.) <BR> 1d) of Sheol <BR> 1e) of abode of light and darkness <BR> 1f) of land of Ephraim <BR> 2) place <BR> 3) receptacle <BR> 4) home, house as containing a family <BR> 5) household, family <BR> 5a) those belonging to the same household <BR> 5b) family of descendants, descendants as organized body <BR> 6) household affairs <BR> 7) inwards (metaph.) <BR> 8) (TWOT) temple <BR> adv <BR> 9) on the inside <BR> prep <BR> 10) within 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇāt·tîm
         to serve as holders 
    
 
        
            לְבַדִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְבַדִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·ḇad·dîm
                
                
                     for the poles 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alone, by itself, besides, a part, separation, being alone <BR> 1a) separation, alone, by itself <BR> 1a1) only (adv) <BR> 1a2) apart from, besides (prep) <BR> 1b) part <BR> 1c) parts (eg limbs, shoots), bars 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·ḇad·dîm
         for the poles 
    
 
        
            לָשֵׂ֖את 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לָשֵׂ֖את 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lā·śêṯ
                
                
                     used to carry 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Verb - Qal - Infinitive construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lā·śêṯ
         used to carry 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַשֻּׁלְחָֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֻּׁלְחָֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šul·ḥān
                
                
                     the table . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7979 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) table <BR> 1a) table <BR> 1a1) of king's table, private use, sacred uses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šul·ḥān
         the table . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make the poles of acacia wood and overlay them with gold, so that the table may be carried with them.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֤יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֤יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            הַבַּדִּים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַבַּדִּים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hab·bad·dîm
                
                
                     the poles 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        905 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) alone, by itself, besides, a part, separation, being alone <BR> 1a) separation, alone, by itself <BR> 1a1) only (adv) <BR> 1a2) apart from, besides (prep) <BR> 1b) part <BR> 1c) parts (eg limbs, shoots), bars 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hab·bad·dîm
         the poles 
    
 
        
            שִׁטִּ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁטִּ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiṭ·ṭîm
                
                
                     of acacia 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7848 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) acacia tree, acacia wood 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiṭ·ṭîm
         of acacia 
    
 
        
            עֲצֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֲצֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ă·ṣê
                
                
                     wood 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) tree, wood, timber, stock, plank, stalk, stick, gallows <BR> 1a) tree, trees <BR> 1b) wood, pieces of wood, gallows, firewood, cedar-wood, woody flax 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ă·ṣê
         wood 
    
 
        
            וְצִפִּיתָ֥ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְצִפִּיתָ֥ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
                
                
                     and overlay 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Piel - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6823 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lay out, lay over, overlay, cover <BR> 1a) (Piel) to overlay, plate, stud <BR> 1b) (Pual) to be laid over 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ṣip·pî·ṯā
         and overlay 
    
 
        
            אֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֑ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֑ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     with gold , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         with gold , 
    
 
        
            הַשֻּׁלְחָֽן׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֻּׁלְחָֽן׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šul·ḥān
                
                
                     so that the table 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7979 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) table <BR> 1a) table <BR> 1a1) of king's table, private use, sacred uses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šul·ḥān
         so that the table 
    
 
        
            וְנִשָּׂא־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנִשָּׂא־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·niś·śā-
                
                
                     may be carried 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Nifal - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to lift, bear up, carry, take <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to lift, lift up <BR> 1a2) to bear, carry, support, sustain, endure <BR> 1a3) to take, take away, carry off, forgive <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be lifted up, be exalted <BR> 1b2) to lift oneself up, rise up <BR> 1b3) to be borne, be carried <BR> 1b4) to be taken away, be carried off, be swept away <BR> 1c) (Piel) <BR> 1c1) to lift up, exalt, support, aid, assist <BR> 1c2) to desire, long (fig.) <BR> 1c3) to carry, bear continuously <BR> 1c4) to take, take away <BR> 1d) (Hithpael) to lift oneself up, exalt oneself <BR> 1e) (Hiphil) <BR> 1e1) to cause one to bear (iniquity) <BR> 1e2) to cause to bring, have brought 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·niś·śā-
         may be carried 
    
 
        
            בָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḇām
                
                
                     with them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḇām
         with them 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            You are also to make the plates and dishes, as well as the pitchers and bowls for pouring drink offerings. Make them out of pure gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֨יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֨יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     You are also to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         You are also to make 
    
 
        
            קְּעָרֹתָ֜יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְּעָרֹתָ֜יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·‘ā·rō·ṯāw
                
                
                     the plates 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7086 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) dish, platter 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·‘ā·rō·ṯāw
         the plates 
    
 
        
            וְכַפֹּתָ֗יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַפֹּתָ֗יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵap·pō·ṯāw
                
                
                     and dishes , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3709 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) palm, hand, sole, palm of the hand, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1a) palm, hollow or flat of the hand <BR> 1b) power <BR> 1c) sole (of the foot) <BR> 1d) hollow, objects, bending objects, bent objects <BR> 1d1) of thigh-joint <BR> 1d2) pan, vessel (as hollow) <BR> 1d3) hollow (of sling) <BR> 1d4) hand-shaped branches or fronds (of palm trees) <BR> 1d5) handles (as bent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵap·pō·ṯāw
         and dishes , 
    
 
        
            וּקְשׂוֹתָיו֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְשׂוֹתָיו֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·śō·w·ṯāw
                
                
                     as well as the pitchers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7184 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) a kind of jug, jar 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·śō·w·ṯāw
         as well as the pitchers 
    
 
        
            וּמְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔יו 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמְנַקִּיֹּתָ֔יו 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mə·naq·qî·yō·ṯāw
                
                
                     and bowls 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4518 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sacrificial bowl or cup 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mə·naq·qî·yō·ṯāw
         and bowls 
    
 
        
            אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁ֥ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer
         - 
    
 
        
            יֻסַּ֖ךְ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֻסַּ֖ךְ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yus·saḵ
                
                
                     for pouring drink offerings . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5258 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to pour out, pour, offer, cast <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to pour out<BR> 1a2) to cast metal images <BR> 1a3) to anoint (a king) <BR> 1b) (Niphal) to be anointed <BR> 1c) (Piel) to pour out (as a libation) <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) to pour out libations <BR> 1e) (Hophal) to be poured out <BR> 2) to set, install <BR> 2a) (Qal) to install <BR> 2b) (Niphal) to be installed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yus·saḵ
         for pouring drink offerings . 
    
 
        
            בָּהֵ֑ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהֵ֑ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hên
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Pronoun - third person feminine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                         
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                         
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hên
         . . . 
    
 
        
            תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּעֲשֶׂ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·‘ă·śeh
         Make 
    
 
        
            אֹתָֽם׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָֽם׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯām
                
                
                     them 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯām
         them 
    
 
        
            טָה֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     out of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         out of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And place the Bread of the Presence on the table before Me at all times.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְנָתַתָּ֧ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְנָתַתָּ֧ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·nā·ṯa·tā
                
                
                     And place 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5414 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to give, put, set <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to give, bestow, grant, permit, ascribe, employ, devote, consecrate, dedicate, pay wages, sell, exchange, lend, commit, entrust, give over, deliver up, yield produce, occasion, produce, requite to, report, mention, utter, stretch out, extend <BR> 1a2) to put, set, put on, put upon, set, appoint, assign, designate <BR> 1a3) to make, constitute <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be given, be bestowed, be provided, be entrusted to, be granted to, be permitted, be issued, be published, be uttered, be assigned <BR> 1b2) to be set, be put, be made, be inflicted <BR> 1c) (Hophal) <BR> 1c1) to be given, be bestowed, be given up, be delivered up <BR> 1c2) to be put upon 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·nā·ṯa·tā
         And place 
    
 
        
            לֶ֥חֶם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לֶ֥חֶם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    le·ḥem
                
                
                     the Bread 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3899 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bread, food, grain <BR> 1a) bread <BR> 1a1) bread <BR> 1a2) bread-corn <BR> 1b) food (in general) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        le·ḥem
         the Bread 
    
 
        
            פָּנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·nîm
                
                
                     of the Presence 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·nîm
         of the Presence 
    
 
        
            עַֽל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַֽל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     on 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         on 
    
 
        
            הַשֻּׁלְחָ֛ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֻּׁלְחָ֛ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šul·ḥān
                
                
                     the table 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7979 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) table <BR> 1a) table <BR> 1a1) of king's table, private use, sacred uses 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šul·ḥān
         the table 
    
 
        
            לְפָנַ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְפָנַ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·p̄ā·nay
                
                
                     before Me 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Noun - masculine plural construct | first person common singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·p̄ā·nay
         before Me 
    
 
        
            תָּמִֽיד׃פ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תָּמִֽיד׃פ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tā·mîḏ
                
                
                     at all times . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8548 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) continuity, perpetuity, to stretch <BR> 1a) continually, continuously (as adverb) <BR> 1b) continuity (subst) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tā·mîḏ
         at all times . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Then you are to make a lampstand of pure, hammered gold. It shall be made of one piece, including its base and shaft, its cups, and its buds and petals.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Then you are to make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Then you are to make 
    
 
        
            מְנֹרַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנֹרַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nō·raṯ
                
                
                     a lampstand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4501 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nō·raṯ
         a lampstand 
    
 
        
            טָה֑וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֑וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     of pure , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         of pure , 
    
 
        
            מִקְשָׁ֞ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְשָׁ֞ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·šāh
                
                
                     hammered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hammered work, finely decorated cultic objects of gold or silver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·šāh
         hammered 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֣ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֣ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold . 
    
 
        
            הַמְּנוֹרָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמְּנוֹרָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mə·nō·w·rāh
                
                
                     It 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4501 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mə·nō·w·rāh
         It 
    
 
        
            תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תֵּעָשֶׂ֤ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    tê·‘ā·śeh
                
                
                     shall be made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Nifal - Imperfect - third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        tê·‘ā·śeh
         shall be made 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֥נָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֥נָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nāh
                
                
                     of one piece , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nāh
         of one piece , 
    
 
        
            יִהְיֽוּ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְיֽוּ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū
                
                
                     including 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū
         including 
    
 
        
            יְרֵכָ֣הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יְרֵכָ֣הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yə·rê·ḵāh
                
                
                     its base 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3409 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) thigh, side, loin, base <BR> 1a) thigh <BR> 1a1) outside of thigh (where sword was worn) <BR> 1a2) loins (as the seat of procreative power) <BR> 1b) side (flank) (of object) <BR> 1c) base 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yə·rê·ḵāh
         its base 
    
 
        
            וְקָנָ֔הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְקָנָ֔הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·qā·nāh
                
                
                     and shaft , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·qā·nāh
         and shaft , 
    
 
        
            גְּבִיעֶ֛יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְּבִיעֶ֛יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    gə·ḇî·‘e·hā
                
                
                     its cups , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cup, bowl 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        gə·ḇî·‘e·hā
         its cups , 
    
 
        
            כַּפְתֹּרֶ֥יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפְתֹּרֶ֥יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap̄·tō·re·hā
                
                
                     and its buds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap̄·tō·re·hā
         and its buds 
    
 
        
            וּפְרָחֶ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפְרָחֶ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ə·rā·ḥe·hā
                
                
                     and petals . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6525 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bud, sprout 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ə·rā·ḥe·hā
         and petals . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Six branches are to extend from the sides of the lampstand—three on one side and three on the other.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְשִׁשָּׁ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְשִׁשָּׁ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·šiš·šāh
                
                
                     Six 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8337 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) six <BR> 1a) six (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) sixth (ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·šiš·šāh
         Six 
    
 
        
            קָנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קָנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qā·nîm
                
                
                     branches 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qā·nîm
         branches 
    
 
        
            יֹצְאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יֹצְאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yō·ṣə·’îm
                
                
                     are to extend 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yō·ṣə·’îm
         are to extend 
    
 
        
            מִצִּדֶּ֑יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצִּדֶּ֑יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ṣid·de·hā
                
                
                     from the sides 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6654 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ṣid·de·hā
         from the sides 
    
 
        
            מְנֹרָ֗ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנֹרָ֗ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nō·rāh
                
                
                     of the lampstand — 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4501 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nō·rāh
         of the lampstand — 
    
 
        
            שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה׀ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה׀ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lō·šāh
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lō·šāh
         three 
    
 
        
            קְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֶחָ֔ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָ֔ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     on one 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāḏ
         on one 
    
 
        
            מִצִּדָּהּ֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצִּדָּהּ֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ṣid·dāh
                
                
                     side 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6654 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ṣid·dāh
         side 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁלֹשָׁה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁלֹשָׁה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·lō·šāh
                
                
                     and three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·lō·šāh
         and three 
    
 
        
            קְנֵ֣י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
קְנֵ֣י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    qə·nê
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        qə·nê
         - 
    
 
        
            מְנֹרָ֔ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְנֹרָ֔ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·nō·rāh
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4501 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·nō·rāh
         - 
    
 
        
            הַשֵּׁנִֽי׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַשֵּׁנִֽי׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haš·šê·nî
                
                
                     on the other 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - ordinal masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8145 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) second <BR> 1a) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1b) again (a second time)<BR> 1c) another, other (something as distinct from something else) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haš·šê·nî
         on the other 
    
 
        
            מִצִּדָּ֖הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִצִּדָּ֖הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miṣ·ṣid·dāh
                
                
                     - . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-m | Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6654 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miṣ·ṣid·dāh
         - . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            There are to be three cups shaped like almond blossoms on the first branch, each with buds and petals, three on the next branch, and the same for all six branches that extend from the lampstand.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·lō·šāh
                
                
                     There are to be three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·lō·šāh
         There are to be three 
    
 
        
            גְ֠בִעִים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְ֠בִעִים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḇi·‘îm
                
                
                     cups 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cup, bowl 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḇi·‘îm
         cups 
    
 
        
            מְֽשֻׁקָּדִ֞ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְֽשֻׁקָּדִ֞ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šuq·qā·ḏîm
                
                
                     shaped like almond blossoms 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8246 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) cups shaped like almond blossoms (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šuq·qā·ḏîm
         shaped like almond blossoms 
    
 
        
            הָאֶחָד֮ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָד֮ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     on the first 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāḏ
         on the first 
    
 
        
            בַּקָּנֶ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּקָּנֶ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baq·qā·neh
                
                
                     branch , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baq·qā·neh
         branch , 
    
 
        
            כַּפְתֹּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפְתֹּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap̄·tōr
                
                
                     each with buds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap̄·tōr
         each with buds 
    
 
        
            וָפֶרַח֒ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָפֶרַח֒ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·p̄e·raḥ
                
                
                     and petals , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6525 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bud, sprout 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·p̄e·raḥ
         and petals , 
    
 
        
            וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּשְׁלֹשָׁ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·šə·lō·šāh
                
                
                     three 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7969 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) three, triad <BR> 1a) 3, 300, third 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·šə·lō·šāh
         three 
    
 
        
            גְבִעִ֗ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְבִעִ֗ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḇi·‘îm
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cup, bowl 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḇi·‘îm
         - 
    
 
        
            מְשֻׁקָּדִ֛ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשֻׁקָּדִ֛ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šuq·qā·ḏîm
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8246 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) cups shaped like almond blossoms (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šuq·qā·ḏîm
         - 
    
 
        
            כַּפְתֹּ֣ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפְתֹּ֣ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap̄·tōr
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap̄·tōr
         - 
    
 
        
            וָפָ֑רַח 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וָפָ֑רַח 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wā·p̄ā·raḥ
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6525 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bud, sprout 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wā·p̄ā·raḥ
         - 
    
 
        
            הָאֶחָ֖ד 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֶחָ֖ד 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’e·ḥāḏ
                
                
                     on the next 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’e·ḥāḏ
         on the next 
    
 
        
            בַּקָּנֶ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בַּקָּנֶ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    baq·qā·neh
                
                
                     branch , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        baq·qā·neh
         branch , 
    
 
        
            כֵּ֚ן 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֵּ֚ן 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kên
                
                
                     and the same 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adverb 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        adv <BR> 1) so, therefore, thus <BR> 1a) thus, so <BR> 1b) just so <BR> 1c) therefore <BR> 1d) so...as (paired with adv) <BR> 1e) then <BR> 1f) forasmuch as (in phrase) <BR> 1g) (with prep) <BR> 1g1) therefore, this being so (specific) <BR> 1g2) hitherto <BR> 1g3) therefore, on this ground (general) <BR> 1g4) afterwards <BR> 1g5) in such case <BR> adj <BR> 2) right, just, honest, true, veritable <BR> 2a) right, just, honest <BR> 2b) correct <BR> 2c) true, veritable <BR> 2d) true!, right!, correct! (in assent) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kên
         and the same 
    
 
        
            לְשֵׁ֣שֶׁת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁ֣שֶׁת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šê·šeṯ
                
                
                     for all six 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8337 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) six <BR> 1a) six (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) sixth (ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šê·šeṯ
         for all six 
    
 
        
            הַקָּנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·nîm
                
                
                     branches 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·nîm
         branches 
    
 
        
            הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·ṣə·’îm
                
                
                     that extend 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·ṣə·’îm
         that extend 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַמְּנֹרָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמְּנֹרָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mə·nō·rāh
                
                
                     the lampstand . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4501 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mə·nō·rāh
         the lampstand . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            And on the lampstand there shall be four cups shaped like almond blossoms with buds and petals.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּבַמְּנֹרָ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּבַמְּנֹרָ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·ḇam·mə·nō·rāh
                
                
                     And on the lampstand 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw, Preposition-b, Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4501 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·ḇam·mə·nō·rāh
         And on the lampstand 
    
 
        
            אַרְבָּעָ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַרְבָּעָ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ar·bā·‘āh
                
                
                     there shall be four 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        702 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) four 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ar·bā·‘āh
         there shall be four 
    
 
        
            גְבִעִ֑ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
גְבִעִ֑ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ḡə·ḇi·‘îm
                
                
                     cups 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1375 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) cup, bowl 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ḡə·ḇi·‘îm
         cups 
    
 
        
            מְשֻׁקָּדִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מְשֻׁקָּדִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mə·šuq·qā·ḏîm
                
                
                     shaped like almond blossoms 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8246 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (Pual) cups shaped like almond blossoms (participle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mə·šuq·qā·ḏîm
         shaped like almond blossoms 
    
 
        
            כַּפְתֹּרֶ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפְתֹּרֶ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap̄·tō·re·hā
                
                
                     with buds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap̄·tō·re·hā
         with buds 
    
 
        
            וּפְרָחֶֽיהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּפְרָחֶֽיהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·p̄ə·rā·ḥe·hā
                
                
                     and petals . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6525 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bud, sprout 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·p̄ə·rā·ḥe·hā
         and petals . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            For the six branches that extend from the lampstand, a bud must be under the first pair of branches, a bud under the second pair, and a bud under the third pair.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            לְשֵׁ֙שֶׁת֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
לְשֵׁ֙שֶׁת֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    lə·šê·šeṯ
                
                
                     For the six 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-l | Number - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8337 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) six <BR> 1a) six (cardinal number) <BR> 1b) sixth (ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        lə·šê·šeṯ
         For the six 
    
 
        
            הַקָּנִ֔ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּנִ֔ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·nîm
                
                
                     branches 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·nîm
         branches 
    
 
        
            הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַיֹּצְאִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hay·yō·ṣə·’îm
                
                
                     that extend 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Verb - Qal - Participle - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3318 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go out, come out, exit, go forth <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go or come out or forth, depart <BR> 1a2) to go forth (to a place) <BR> 1a3) to go forward, proceed to (to or toward something) <BR> 1a4) to come or go forth (with purpose or for result) <BR> 1a5) to come out of <BR> 1b) (Hiphil) <BR> 1b1) to cause to go or come out, bring out, lead out <BR> 1b2) to bring out of <BR> 1b3) to lead out <BR> 1b4) to deliver <BR> 1c) (Hophal) to be brought out or forth 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hay·yō·ṣə·’îm
         that extend 
    
 
        
            מִן־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִן־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    min-
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        min-
         from 
    
 
        
            הַמְּנֹרָֽה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַמְּנֹרָֽה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ham·mə·nō·rāh
                
                
                     the lampstand , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4501 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp stand 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ham·mə·nō·rāh
         the lampstand , 
    
 
        
            וְכַפְתֹּ֡ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַפְתֹּ֡ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵap̄·tōr
                
                
                     a bud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵap̄·tōr
         a bud 
    
 
        
            תַּחַת֩ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּחַת֩ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     must be under 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ
         must be under 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֨י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֨י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     the first pair 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         the first pair 
    
 
        
            הַקָּנִים֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּנִים֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·nîm
                
                
                     of branches 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·nîm
         of branches 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֔נָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֔נָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nāh
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nāh
         - , 
    
 
        
            הַקָּנִ֜ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּנִ֜ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·nîm
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·nîm
         
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֗נָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֗נָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nāh
                
                
                     
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nāh
         
    
 
        
            וְכַפְתֹּר֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַפְתֹּר֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵap̄·tōr
                
                
                     a bud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵap̄·tōr
         a bud 
    
 
        
            תַּ֣חַת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּ֣חַת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     under 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ
         under 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֤י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֤י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     the second pair 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         the second pair 
    
 
        
            הַקָּנִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַקָּנִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    haq·qā·nîm
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        haq·qā·nîm
         - 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֑נָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֑נָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nāh
                
                
                     - , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nāh
         - , 
    
 
        
            וְכַפְתֹּ֕ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְכַפְתֹּ֕ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·ḵap̄·tōr
                
                
                     and a bud 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·ḵap̄·tōr
         and a bud 
    
 
        
            תַּחַת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
תַּחַת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ta·ḥaṯ-
                
                
                     under 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8478 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) the under part, beneath, instead of, as, for, for the sake of, flat, unto, where, whereas n m <BR> 1a) the under part adv accus <BR> 1b) beneath prep <BR> 1c) under, beneath <BR> 1c1) at the foot of (idiom) <BR> 1c2) sweetness, subjection, woman, being burdened or oppressed (fig) <BR> 1c3) of subjection or conquest <BR> 1d) what is under one, the place in which one stands <BR> 1d1) in one's place, the place in which one stands (idiom with reflexive pronoun) <BR> 1d2) in place of, instead of (in transferred sense) <BR> 1d3) in place of, in exchange or return for (of things mutually interchanged) <BR> conj <BR> 1e) instead of, instead of that <BR> 1f) in return for that, because that in compounds <BR> 1g) in, under, into the place of (after verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) from under, from beneath, from under the hand of, from his place, under, beneath 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ta·ḥaṯ-
         under 
    
 
        
            שְׁנֵ֥י 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שְׁנֵ֥י 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šə·nê
                
                
                     the third pair . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine dual construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8147 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) two <BR> 1a) two (the cardinal number) <BR> 1a1) two, both, double, twice <BR> 1b) second (the ordinal number) <BR> 1c) in combination with other numbers <BR> 1d) both (a dual number) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šə·nê
         the third pair . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The buds and branches are to be all of one piece with the lampstand, hammered out of pure gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            כַּפְתֹּרֵיהֶ֥ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כַּפְתֹּרֵיהֶ֥ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kap̄·tō·rê·hem
                
                
                     The buds 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3730 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) bulb, knob, capital, capital of a pillar<BR> 1a) knob, bulb (as ornament) <BR> 1b) capital (of a pillar) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kap̄·tō·rê·hem
         The buds 
    
 
        
            וּקְנֹתָ֖ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּקְנֹתָ֖ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·qə·nō·ṯām
                
                
                     and branches 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine plural construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7070 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) reed, stalk, bone, balances <BR> 1a) stalk <BR> 1b) water-plant, reed <BR> 1c) calamus (aromatic reed) <BR> 1d) derived meanings <BR> 1d1) measuring-rod <BR> 1d2) reed (as unit of measure-6 cubits) <BR> 1d3) beam (of scales-for scales themselves) <BR> 1d4) shaft (of lampstand) <BR> 1d5) branches (of lampstand) <BR> 1d6) shoulder-joint 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·qə·nō·ṯām
         and branches 
    
 
        
            מִמֶּ֣נָּה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִמֶּ֣נָּה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mim·men·nāh
                
                
                     . . . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4480 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) from, out of, on account of, off, on the side of, since, above, than, so that not, more than <BR> 1a) from (expressing separation), off, on the side of <BR> 1b) out of <BR> 1b1) (with verbs of proceeding, removing, expelling) <BR> 1b2) (of material from which something is made) <BR> 1b3) (of source or origin) <BR> 1c) out of, some of, from (partitively) <BR> 1d) from, since, after (of time) <BR> 1e) than, more than (in comparison) <BR> 1f) from...even to, both...and, either...or <BR> 1g) than, more than, too much for (in comparisons) <BR> 1h) from, on account of, through, because (with infinitive) <BR> conj <BR> 2) that 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mim·men·nāh
         . . . 
    
 
        
            יִהְי֑וּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יִהְי֑וּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    yih·yū
                
                
                     are to be 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        1961 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be, become, come to pass, exist, happen, fall out <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) ----- <BR> 1a1a) to happen, fall out, occur, take place, come about, come to pass <BR> 1a1b) to come about, come to pass <BR> 1a2) to come into being, become <BR> 1a2a) to arise, appear, come <BR> 1a2b) to become <BR> 1a2b1) to become <BR> 1a2b2) to become like <BR> 1a2b3) to be instituted, be established <BR> 1a3) to be <BR> 1a3a) to exist, be in existence <BR> 1a3b) to abide, remain, continue (with word of place or time) <BR> 1a3c) to stand, lie, be in, be at, be situated (with word of locality) <BR> 1a3d) to accompany, be with <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to occur, come to pass, be done, be brought about <BR> 1b2) to be done, be finished, be gone 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        yih·yū
         are to be 
    
 
        
            כֻּלָּ֛הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כֻּלָּ֛הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kul·lāh
                
                
                     all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kul·lāh
         all 
    
 
        
            אַחַ֖ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַחַ֖ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’a·ḥaṯ
                
                
                     of one piece [with the lampstand] , 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        259 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) one (number) <BR> 1a) one (number) <BR> 1b) each, every <BR> 1c) a certain <BR> 1d) an (indefinite article) <BR> 1e) only, once, once for all <BR> 1f) one...another, the one...the other, one after another, one by one <BR> 1g) first <BR> 1h) eleven (in combination), eleventh (ordinal) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’a·ḥaṯ
         of one piece [with the lampstand] , 
    
 
        
            מִקְשָׁ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מִקְשָׁ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    miq·šāh
                
                
                     hammered 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4749 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hammered work, finely decorated cultic objects of gold or silver 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        miq·šāh
         hammered 
    
 
        
            טָהֽוֹר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָהֽוֹר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     out of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         out of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            Make seven lamps and set them up on the lampstand so that they illuminate the area in front of it.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְעָשִׂ֥יתָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
                
                
                     Make 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Conjunctive perfect - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·‘ā·śî·ṯā
         Make 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         - 
    
 
        
            שִׁבְעָ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
שִׁבְעָ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    šiḇ·‘āh
                
                
                     seven 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Number - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7651 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) seven (cardinal number) <BR> 1a) as ordinal number <BR> 1b) in combination-17, 700 etc 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        šiḇ·‘āh
         seven 
    
 
        
            נֵרֹתֶ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֵרֹתֶ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nê·rō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     lamps 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nê·rō·ṯe·hā
         lamps 
    
 
        
            וְהֶֽעֱלָה֙ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֶֽעֱלָה֙ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·he·‘ĕ·lāh
                
                
                     and set them up 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5927 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to go up, ascend, climb <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to go up, ascend <BR> 1a2) to meet, visit, follow, depart, withdraw, retreat <BR> 1a3) to go up, come up (of animals) <BR> 1a4) to spring up, grow, shoot forth (of vegetation) <BR> 1a5) to go up, go up over, rise (of natural phenomenon) <BR> 1a6) to come up (before God) <BR> 1a7) to go up, go up over, extend (of boundary) <BR> 1a8) to excel, be superior to <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be taken up, be brought up, be taken away <BR> 1b2) to take oneself away <BR> 1b3) to be exalted <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to bring up, cause to ascend or climb, cause to go up <BR> 1c2) to bring up, bring against, take away <BR> 1c3) to bring up, draw up, train <BR> 1c4) to cause to ascend <BR> 1c5) to rouse, stir up (mentally) <BR> 1c6) to offer, bring up (of gifts) <BR> 1c7) to exalt <BR> 1c8) to cause to ascend, offer <BR> 1d) (Hophal) <BR> 1d1) to be carried away, be led up <BR> 1d2) to be taken up into, be inserted in <BR> 1d3) to be offered <BR> 1e) (Hithpael) to lift oneself 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·he·‘ĕ·lāh
         and set them up 
    
 
        
            אֶת־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֶת־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’eṯ-
                
                
                     on [the lampstand] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’eṯ-
         on [the lampstand] 
    
 
        
            נֵ֣רֹתֶ֔יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
נֵ֣רֹתֶ֔יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    nê·rō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     so that [they] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5216 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) lamp 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        nê·rō·ṯe·hā
         so that [they] 
    
 
        
            וְהֵאִ֖יר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וְהֵאִ֖יר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wə·hê·’îr
                
                
                     illuminate 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Hifil - Conjunctive perfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        215 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to be or become light, shine <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to become light (day)<BR> 1a2) to shine (of the sun) <BR> 1a3) to become bright <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be illuminated <BR> 1b2) to become lighted up <BR> 1c) (Hiphil) <BR> 1c1) to give light, shine (of sun, moon, and stars) <BR> 1c2) to illumine, light up, cause to shine, shine <BR> 1c3) to kindle, light (candle, wood) <BR> 1c4) lighten (of the eyes, his law, etc) <BR> 1c5) to make shine (of the face) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wə·hê·’îr
         illuminate 
    
 
        
            עֵ֥בֶר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עֵ֥בֶר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘ê·ḇer
                
                
                     the area 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5676 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) region beyond or across, side <BR> 1a) region across or beyond <BR> 1b) side, opposite side 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘ê·ḇer
         the area 
    
 
        
            עַל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
עַל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ‘al-
                
                
                     in 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        5921 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        prep<BR> 1) upon, on the ground of, according to, on account of, on behalf of, concerning, beside, in addition to, together with, beyond, above, over, by, on to, towards, to, against <BR> 1a) upon, on the ground of, on the basis of, on account of, because of, therefore, on behalf of, for the sake of, for, with, in spite of, notwithstanding, concerning, in the matter of, as regards <BR> 1b) above, beyond, over (of excess) <BR> 1c) above, over (of elevation or pre-eminence) <BR> 1d) upon, to, over to, unto, in addition to, together with, with (of addition) <BR> 1e) over (of suspension or extension) <BR> 1f) by, adjoining, next, at, over, around (of contiguity or proximity) <BR> 1g) down upon, upon, on, from, up upon, up to, towards, over towards, to, against (with verbs of motion) <BR> 1h) to (as a dative) <BR> conj <BR> 2) because that, because, notwithstanding, although 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ‘al-
         in 
    
 
        
            פָּנֶֽיהָ׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
פָּנֶֽיהָ׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    pā·ne·hā
                
                
                     front of it . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6440 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) face <BR> 1a) face, faces <BR> 1b) presence, person <BR> 1c) face (of seraphim or cherubim) <BR> 1d) face (of animals) <BR> 1e) face, surface (of ground) <BR> 1f) as adv of loc/temp <BR> 1f1) before and behind, toward, in front of, forward, formerly, from beforetime, before <BR> 1g) with prep <BR> 1g1) in front of, before, to the front of, in the presence of, in the face of, at the face or front of, from the presence of, from before, from before the face of 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        pā·ne·hā
         front of it . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The wick trimmers and their trays must be of pure gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            וּמַלְקָחֶ֥יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַלְקָחֶ֥יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·mal·qā·ḥe·hā
                
                
                     The wick trimmers 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - masculine dual construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4457 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) snuffers, tongs <BR> 1a) tongs (for altar use) <BR> 1b) snuffers (for lamps in temple or tabernacle) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·mal·qā·ḥe·hā
         The wick trimmers 
    
 
        
            וּמַחְתֹּתֶ֖יהָ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּמַחְתֹּתֶ֖יהָ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·maḥ·tō·ṯe·hā
                
                
                     and their trays 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Noun - feminine plural construct | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        4289 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) fire-holder, censer, firepan, snuff dish, tray <BR> 1a) snuff-dish <BR> 1b) fire-pans<BR> 1c) censer 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·maḥ·tō·ṯe·hā
         and their trays 
    
 
        
            טָהֽוֹר׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָהֽוֹר׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     must be of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         must be of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            The lampstand and all these utensils shall be made from a talent of pure gold.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֹתָ֑הּ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֹתָ֑הּ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ō·ṯāh
                
                
                     [The lampstand] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Direct object marker | third person feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ō·ṯāh
         [The lampstand] 
    
 
        
            כָּל־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כָּל־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kāl-
                
                
                     and all 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular construct 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3605 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) all, the whole <BR> 1a) all, the whole of <BR> 1b) any, each, every, anything <BR> 1c) totality, everything 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kāl-
         and all 
    
 
        
            הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הָאֵֽלֶּה׃ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hā·’êl·leh
                
                
                     these 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Pronoun - common plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        428 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) these <BR> 1a) used before antecedent <BR> 1b) used following antecedent 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hā·’êl·leh
         these 
    
 
        
            הַכֵּלִ֖ים 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
הַכֵּלִ֖ים 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    hak·kê·lîm
                
                
                     utensils 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Article | Noun - masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3627 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) article, vessel, implement, utensil <BR> 1a) article, object (general) <BR> 1b) utensil, implement, apparatus, vessel <BR> 1b1) implement (of hunting or war) <BR> 1b2) implement (of music) <BR> 1b3) implement, tool (of labour) <BR> 1b4) equipment, yoke (of oxen) <BR> 1b5) utensils, furniture <BR> 1c) vessel, receptacle (general) <BR> 1d) vessels (boats) of paper-reed 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        hak·kê·lîm
         utensils 
    
 
        
            יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
יַעֲשֶׂ֣ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ya·‘ă·śeh
                
                
                     shall be made 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Qal - Imperfect - third person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ya·‘ă·śeh
         shall be made 
    
 
        
            אֵ֥ת 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֵ֥ת 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’êṯ
                
                
                     from 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        853 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) sign of the definite direct object, not translated in English but generally preceding and indicating the accusative 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’êṯ
         from 
    
 
        
            כִּכָּ֛ר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
כִּכָּ֛ר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    kik·kār
                
                
                     a talent 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - feminine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        3603 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) round <BR> 1a) a round district (environs of the Jordan valley) <BR> 1b) a round loaf (of bread) <BR> 1c) a round weight, talent (of gold, silver, bronze, iron) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        kik·kār
         a talent 
    
 
        
            טָה֖וֹר 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
טָה֖וֹר 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ṭā·hō·wr
                
                
                     of pure 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Adjective - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2889 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pure, clean <BR> 1a) clean (ceremonially-of animals) <BR> 1b) pure (physically) <BR> 1c) pure, clean (morally, ethically) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ṭā·hō·wr
         of pure 
    
 
        
            זָהָ֥ב 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
זָהָ֥ב 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    zā·hāḇ
                
                
                     gold . 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2091 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) gold <BR> 1a) as precious metal <BR> 1b) as a measure of weight <BR> 1c) of brilliance, splendour (fig.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        zā·hāḇ
         gold . 
    
                              
                         
                                                                                                                                            
                        
                        
                                                            See to it that you make everything according to the pattern shown you on the mountain.
                                                    
                        
                                                                                                                     
                             
                         
                     
                                            
                            
                            
                            
                                
        
            אֲשֶׁר־ 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אֲשֶׁר־ 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’ă·šer-
                
                
                     - 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - relative 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        834 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) (relative part.) <BR> 1a) which, who <BR> 1b) that which <BR> 2) (conj) <BR> 2a) that (in obj clause) <BR> 2b) when <BR> 2c) since <BR> 2d) as <BR> 2e) conditional if 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’ă·šer-
         - 
    
 
        
            מָרְאֶ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
מָרְאֶ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    mā·rə·’eh
                
                
                     shown 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Verb - Hofal - Participle - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        mā·rə·’eh
         shown 
    
 
        
            אַתָּ֥ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
אַתָּ֥ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ’at·tāh
                
                
                     you 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Pronoun - second person masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        859 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) you (second pers. sing. masc.) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ’at·tāh
         you 
    
 
        
            בָּהָֽר׃ס 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בָּהָֽר׃ס 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bā·hār
                
                
                     on the mountain . [’’] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b, Article | Noun - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        2022 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) hill, mountain, hill country, mount 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bā·hār
         on the mountain . [’’] 
    
 
        
            וּרְאֵ֖ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וּרְאֵ֖ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    ū·rə·’êh
                
                
                     See to it that 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        7200 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to see, look at, inspect, perceive, consider <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to see <BR> 1a2) to see, perceive <BR> 1a3) to see, have vision <BR> 1a4) to look at, see, regard, look after, see after, learn about, observe, watch, look upon, look out, find out <BR> 1a5) to see, observe, consider, look at, give attention to, discern, distinguish <BR> 1a6) to look at, gaze at <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to appear, present oneself <BR> 1b2) to be seen <BR> 1b3) to be visible <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be seen <BR> 1d) (Hiphil) <BR> 1d1) to cause to see, show <BR> 1d2) to cause to look intently at, behold, cause to gaze at <BR> 1e) (Hophal) <BR> 1e1) to be caused to see, be shown <BR> 1e2) to be exhibited to <BR> 1f) (Hithpael) to look at each other, face 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        ū·rə·’êh
         See to it that 
    
 
        
            וַעֲשֵׂ֑ה 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
וַעֲשֵׂ֑ה 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    wa·‘ă·śêh
                
                
                     you make [everything] 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Conjunctive waw | Verb - Qal - Imperative - masculine singular 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        6213 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) to do, fashion, accomplish, make <BR> 1a) (Qal) <BR> 1a1) to do, work, make, produce <BR> 1a1a) to do <BR> 1a1b) to work <BR> 1a1c) to deal (with) <BR> 1a1d) to act, act with effect, effect <BR> 1a2) to make <BR> 1a2a) to make <BR> 1a2b) to produce <BR> 1a2c) to prepare <BR> 1a2d) to make (an offering) <BR> 1a2e) to attend to, put in order <BR> 1a2f) to observe, celebrate <BR> 1a2g) to acquire (property) <BR> 1a2h) to appoint, ordain, institute <BR> 1a2i) to bring about <BR> 1a2j) to use <BR> 1a2k) to spend, pass <BR> 1b) (Niphal) <BR> 1b1) to be done <BR> 1b2) to be made <BR> 1b3) to be produced <BR> 1b4) to be offered <BR> 1b5) to be observed <BR> 1b6) to be used <BR> 1c) (Pual) to be made <BR> 2) (Piel) to press, squeeze 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        wa·‘ă·śêh
         you make [everything] 
    
 
        
            בְּתַ֨בְנִיתָ֔ם 
            
    
        
            
                
                    
בְּתַ֨בְנִיתָ֔ם 
                    
    Close 
             
     
                
                 
                
                    bə·ṯaḇ·nî·ṯām
                
                
                     according to the pattern 
                
                
                    
                        Hebrew 
                        Preposition-b | Noun - feminine singular construct | third person masculine plural 
                     
                    
                        Strongs 
                        8403 
                     
                    
                        BSB/Thayers 
                        1) pattern, plan, form, construction, figure <BR> 1a) construction, structure <BR> 1a1) meaning dubious <BR> 1b) pattern <BR> 1c) figure, image (of idols) 
                     
                
             
         
     
 
         
        bə·ṯaḇ·nî·ṯām
         according to the pattern